8717 lines
217 KiB
C
8717 lines
217 KiB
C
|
/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
|
|||
|
Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
|||
|
any later version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|||
|
along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
|||
|
Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
|
|||
|
02110-1301, USA. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
|
|||
|
at the University of Utah. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "as.h"
|
|||
|
#include "safe-ctype.h"
|
|||
|
#include "subsegs.h"
|
|||
|
#include "dw2gencfi.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
|
|||
|
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
|
|||
|
error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
|
|||
|
records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
|
|||
|
then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
|
|||
|
not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
|||
|
typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
|||
|
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
|||
|
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
|||
|
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|||
|
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
|||
|
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
|||
|
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
|
|||
|
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
|
|||
|
to store a copyright string. */
|
|||
|
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
|
|||
|
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
|
|||
|
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
|
|||
|
#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
|
|||
|
#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
|
|||
|
#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
|
|||
|
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
|
|||
|
typedef int reloc_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
|
|||
|
#define obj_version obj_som_version
|
|||
|
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* How to generate a relocation. */
|
|||
|
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
|
|||
|
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
|
|||
|
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
|
|||
|
(((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
|
|||
|
#ifndef R_DLT_REL
|
|||
|
#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifndef R_N0SEL
|
|||
|
#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifndef R_N1SEL
|
|||
|
#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|||
|
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct unwind_desc
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int millicode:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int region_desc:2;
|
|||
|
unsigned int save_sr:2;
|
|||
|
unsigned int entry_fr:4;
|
|||
|
unsigned int entry_gr:5;
|
|||
|
unsigned int args_stored:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int call_fr:5;
|
|||
|
unsigned int call_gr:5;
|
|||
|
unsigned int save_sp:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int save_rp:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int reserved:3;
|
|||
|
unsigned int frame_size:27;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
|
|||
|
place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
|
|||
|
object files. */
|
|||
|
#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
|
|||
|
(((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->millicode << 30) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
|
|||
|
(((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
|
|||
|
| ((U)->frame_size << 0))
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct unwind_table
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
|
|||
|
descriptor. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int start_offset;
|
|||
|
unsigned int end_offset;
|
|||
|
struct unwind_desc descriptor;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
|
|||
|
control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
|
|||
|
creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
|
|||
|
prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
|
|||
|
.callinfo pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct call_info
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The unwind descriptor being built. */
|
|||
|
struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Name of this function. */
|
|||
|
symbolS *start_symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
|
|||
|
symbolS *end_symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Next entry in the chain. */
|
|||
|
struct call_info *ci_next;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
|
|||
|
allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
|
|||
|
SGL and DBL). */
|
|||
|
typedef enum
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
fp_operand_format;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
|
|||
|
an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
|
|||
|
(ELF has no need for it). */
|
|||
|
typedef enum
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
|
|||
|
SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
pa_symbol_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
|
|||
|
individual instructions. */
|
|||
|
struct pa_it
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
|
|||
|
unsigned long opcode;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
|
|||
|
expressionS exp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
|
|||
|
int pcrel;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
|
|||
|
fp_operand_format fpof1;
|
|||
|
fp_operand_format fpof2;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
|
|||
|
int trunc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Holds the field selector for this instruction
|
|||
|
(for example L%, LR%, etc). */
|
|||
|
long field_selector;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
|
|||
|
instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
|
|||
|
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The format specification for this instruction. */
|
|||
|
int format;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
|
|||
|
reloc_type reloc;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+
|
|||
|
| 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+
|
|||
|
| 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+
|
|||
|
| | |
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
. . .
|
|||
|
. . .
|
|||
|
. . .
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
| | |
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+
|
|||
|
| 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+
|
|||
|
| 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
|
|||
|
+--------------+--------------+ */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
|
|||
|
struct call_desc
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The argument relocation specification. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Number of arguments. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int arg_count;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
|||
|
chain. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct subspace_dictionary_chain
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int ssd_defined;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Name of this subspace. */
|
|||
|
char *ssd_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
|||
|
asection *ssd_seg;
|
|||
|
int ssd_subseg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
|
|||
|
struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
|
|||
|
chain. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct space_dictionary_chain
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
|
|||
|
as a default space. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int sd_defined;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int sd_user_defined;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The space number (or index). */
|
|||
|
unsigned int sd_spnum;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The name of this subspace. */
|
|||
|
char *sd_name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
|
|||
|
asection *sd_seg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Current subsegment number being used. */
|
|||
|
int sd_last_subseg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
|
|||
|
struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
|
|||
|
dictionary entries. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct default_subspace_dict
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Name of the subspace. */
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
|
|||
|
char defined;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
|
|||
|
char loadable;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
|
|||
|
char code_only;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
|
|||
|
char comdat;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
|
|||
|
char common;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
|
|||
|
to be multiply defined. */
|
|||
|
char dup_common;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
|
|||
|
char zero;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Sort key for this subspace. */
|
|||
|
unsigned char sort;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
|
|||
|
as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
|
|||
|
int access;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Index of containing space. */
|
|||
|
int space_index;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
|
|||
|
int alignment;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
|
|||
|
int quadrant;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* An index into the default spaces array. */
|
|||
|
int def_space_index;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
|
|||
|
subsegT subsegment;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
|
|||
|
dictionary entries. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct default_space_dict
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Name of the space. */
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
|
|||
|
assembly code numerically! */
|
|||
|
int spnum;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
|
|||
|
char loadable;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
|
|||
|
char defined;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
|
|||
|
char private;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Sort key for this space. */
|
|||
|
unsigned char sort;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Segment associated with this space. */
|
|||
|
asection *segment;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
|
|||
|
callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
|
|||
|
label. */
|
|||
|
typedef struct label_symbol_struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct symbol *lss_label;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
segT lss_segment;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The field selector. */
|
|||
|
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Type of fixup. */
|
|||
|
int fx_r_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Format of fixup. */
|
|||
|
int fx_r_format;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Argument relocation bits. */
|
|||
|
unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The segment this fixup appears in. */
|
|||
|
segT segment;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct pd_reg
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
int value;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
|
|||
|
to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
|
|||
|
struct fp_cond_map
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *string;
|
|||
|
int cond;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
|
|||
|
string to a field selector type. */
|
|||
|
struct selector_entry
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *prefix;
|
|||
|
int field_selector;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
|||
|
static void pa_text (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_data (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_comm (int);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
static int exact_log2 (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_compiler (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_align (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_space (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_spnum (int);
|
|||
|
static void pa_subspace (int);
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, int, int,
|
|||
|
asection *, int);
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
|||
|
const char *, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, int, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, int, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, asection *);
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
|
|||
|
char *, int, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, int, int, int,
|
|||
|
int, int, int, int,
|
|||
|
asection *);
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
|
|||
|
subsegT);
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
|
|||
|
static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The current space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Root of the call_info chain. */
|
|||
|
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
|
|||
|
seen so it can be associated with fixups and
|
|||
|
function labels. */
|
|||
|
static struct call_info *last_call_info;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The last call description (for actual calls). */
|
|||
|
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
|
|||
|
static htab_t op_hash = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
|
|||
|
followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
|
|||
|
as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
|
|||
|
const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
|
|||
|
a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
|
|||
|
.line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
|
|||
|
first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
|
|||
|
#NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Also note that C style comments will always work. */
|
|||
|
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
|
|||
|
pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
|
|||
|
const char comment_chars[] = ";";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
|
|||
|
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
|
|||
|
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
|
|||
|
As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
|
|||
|
changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
|
|||
|
at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
|
|||
|
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct pa_it the_insn;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
|
|||
|
and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
|
|||
|
variable. */
|
|||
|
static char *expr_end;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
|
|||
|
static int callinfo_found;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
|
|||
|
static int within_entry_exit;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
|
|||
|
static int within_procedure;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
|
|||
|
seen in each subspace. */
|
|||
|
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Last label symbol */
|
|||
|
static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
|
|||
|
not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
|
|||
|
occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
|
|||
|
by pa_parse_number. */
|
|||
|
static int strict;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
|
|||
|
pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
|
|||
|
point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
|
|||
|
The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
|
|||
|
register has a `r' suffix. */
|
|||
|
#define FP_REG_BASE 64
|
|||
|
#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
|
|||
|
static int pa_number;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
|
|||
|
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
|
|||
|
static int print_errors = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each general register has one predefined name of the form
|
|||
|
%r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
|
|||
|
but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
|
|||
|
%fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
|
|||
|
names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
|
|||
|
again have the value <REGNUM>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Many registers also have synonyms:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
%r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
|
|||
|
%r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
|
|||
|
%fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
|
|||
|
%r30 has %sp as a synonym
|
|||
|
%r27 has %dp as a synonym
|
|||
|
%r2 has %rp as a synonym
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
|
|||
|
here for brevity.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{"%arg0", 26},
|
|||
|
{"%arg1", 25},
|
|||
|
{"%arg2", 24},
|
|||
|
{"%arg3", 23},
|
|||
|
{"%cr0", 0},
|
|||
|
{"%cr10", 10},
|
|||
|
{"%cr11", 11},
|
|||
|
{"%cr12", 12},
|
|||
|
{"%cr13", 13},
|
|||
|
{"%cr14", 14},
|
|||
|
{"%cr15", 15},
|
|||
|
{"%cr16", 16},
|
|||
|
{"%cr17", 17},
|
|||
|
{"%cr18", 18},
|
|||
|
{"%cr19", 19},
|
|||
|
{"%cr20", 20},
|
|||
|
{"%cr21", 21},
|
|||
|
{"%cr22", 22},
|
|||
|
{"%cr23", 23},
|
|||
|
{"%cr24", 24},
|
|||
|
{"%cr25", 25},
|
|||
|
{"%cr26", 26},
|
|||
|
{"%cr27", 27},
|
|||
|
{"%cr28", 28},
|
|||
|
{"%cr29", 29},
|
|||
|
{"%cr30", 30},
|
|||
|
{"%cr31", 31},
|
|||
|
{"%cr8", 8},
|
|||
|
{"%cr9", 9},
|
|||
|
{"%dp", 27},
|
|||
|
{"%eiem", 15},
|
|||
|
{"%eirr", 23},
|
|||
|
{"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
|
|||
|
{"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
|
|||
|
{"%fret", 4},
|
|||
|
{"%hta", 25},
|
|||
|
{"%iir", 19},
|
|||
|
{"%ior", 21},
|
|||
|
{"%ipsw", 22},
|
|||
|
{"%isr", 20},
|
|||
|
{"%itmr", 16},
|
|||
|
{"%iva", 14},
|
|||
|
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|||
|
{"%mrp", 2},
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
{"%mrp", 31},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"%pcoq", 18},
|
|||
|
{"%pcsq", 17},
|
|||
|
{"%pidr1", 8},
|
|||
|
{"%pidr2", 9},
|
|||
|
{"%pidr3", 12},
|
|||
|
{"%pidr4", 13},
|
|||
|
{"%ppda", 24},
|
|||
|
{"%r0", 0},
|
|||
|
{"%r1", 1},
|
|||
|
{"%r10", 10},
|
|||
|
{"%r11", 11},
|
|||
|
{"%r12", 12},
|
|||
|
{"%r13", 13},
|
|||
|
{"%r14", 14},
|
|||
|
{"%r15", 15},
|
|||
|
{"%r16", 16},
|
|||
|
{"%r17", 17},
|
|||
|
{"%r18", 18},
|
|||
|
{"%r19", 19},
|
|||
|
{"%r2", 2},
|
|||
|
{"%r20", 20},
|
|||
|
{"%r21", 21},
|
|||
|
{"%r22", 22},
|
|||
|
{"%r23", 23},
|
|||
|
{"%r24", 24},
|
|||
|
{"%r25", 25},
|
|||
|
{"%r26", 26},
|
|||
|
{"%r27", 27},
|
|||
|
{"%r28", 28},
|
|||
|
{"%r29", 29},
|
|||
|
{"%r3", 3},
|
|||
|
{"%r30", 30},
|
|||
|
{"%r31", 31},
|
|||
|
{"%r4", 4},
|
|||
|
{"%r5", 5},
|
|||
|
{"%r6", 6},
|
|||
|
{"%r7", 7},
|
|||
|
{"%r8", 8},
|
|||
|
{"%r9", 9},
|
|||
|
{"%rctr", 0},
|
|||
|
{"%ret0", 28},
|
|||
|
{"%ret1", 29},
|
|||
|
{"%rp", 2},
|
|||
|
{"%sar", 11},
|
|||
|
{"%sp", 30},
|
|||
|
{"%sr0", 0},
|
|||
|
{"%sr1", 1},
|
|||
|
{"%sr2", 2},
|
|||
|
{"%sr3", 3},
|
|||
|
{"%sr4", 4},
|
|||
|
{"%sr5", 5},
|
|||
|
{"%sr6", 6},
|
|||
|
{"%sr7", 7},
|
|||
|
{"%t1", 22},
|
|||
|
{"%t2", 21},
|
|||
|
{"%t3", 20},
|
|||
|
{"%t4", 19},
|
|||
|
{"%tf1", 11},
|
|||
|
{"%tf2", 10},
|
|||
|
{"%tf3", 9},
|
|||
|
{"%tf4", 8},
|
|||
|
{"%tr0", 24},
|
|||
|
{"%tr1", 25},
|
|||
|
{"%tr2", 26},
|
|||
|
{"%tr3", 27},
|
|||
|
{"%tr4", 28},
|
|||
|
{"%tr5", 29},
|
|||
|
{"%tr6", 30},
|
|||
|
{"%tr7", 31}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
|
|||
|
so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
|
|||
|
for < first, we would get a false match. */
|
|||
|
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{"false?", 0},
|
|||
|
{"false", 1},
|
|||
|
{"true?", 30},
|
|||
|
{"true", 31},
|
|||
|
{"!<=>", 3},
|
|||
|
{"!?>=", 8},
|
|||
|
{"!?<=", 16},
|
|||
|
{"!<>", 7},
|
|||
|
{"!>=", 11},
|
|||
|
{"!?>", 12},
|
|||
|
{"?<=", 14},
|
|||
|
{"!<=", 19},
|
|||
|
{"!?<", 20},
|
|||
|
{"?>=", 22},
|
|||
|
{"!?=", 24},
|
|||
|
{"!=t", 27},
|
|||
|
{"<=>", 29},
|
|||
|
{"=t", 5},
|
|||
|
{"?=", 6},
|
|||
|
{"?<", 10},
|
|||
|
{"<=", 13},
|
|||
|
{"!>", 15},
|
|||
|
{"?>", 18},
|
|||
|
{">=", 21},
|
|||
|
{"!<", 23},
|
|||
|
{"<>", 25},
|
|||
|
{"!=", 26},
|
|||
|
{"!?", 28},
|
|||
|
{"?", 2},
|
|||
|
{"=", 4},
|
|||
|
{"<", 9},
|
|||
|
{">", 17}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{"f", e_fsel},
|
|||
|
{"l", e_lsel},
|
|||
|
{"ld", e_ldsel},
|
|||
|
{"lp", e_lpsel},
|
|||
|
{"lr", e_lrsel},
|
|||
|
{"ls", e_lssel},
|
|||
|
{"lt", e_ltsel},
|
|||
|
{"ltp", e_ltpsel},
|
|||
|
{"n", e_nsel},
|
|||
|
{"nl", e_nlsel},
|
|||
|
{"nlr", e_nlrsel},
|
|||
|
{"p", e_psel},
|
|||
|
{"r", e_rsel},
|
|||
|
{"rd", e_rdsel},
|
|||
|
{"rp", e_rpsel},
|
|||
|
{"rr", e_rrsel},
|
|||
|
{"rs", e_rssel},
|
|||
|
{"rt", e_rtsel},
|
|||
|
{"rtp", e_rtpsel},
|
|||
|
{"t", e_tsel},
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
|||
|
#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_CODE 0
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_LIT 1
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_DATA 0
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_BSS 2
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
|
|||
|
#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
|
|||
|
{"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
|
|||
|
{"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
|
|||
|
{"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
|
|||
|
{"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
|
|||
|
{NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
|
|||
|
{"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
|
|||
|
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
|
|||
|
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
|
|||
|
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
|
|||
|
#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
|
|||
|
#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
|
|||
|
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
|
|||
|
a right or left half of a FP register */
|
|||
|
#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
|
|||
|
#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if (immediate_check) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if (pos == -1) \
|
|||
|
pos = (VALUE); \
|
|||
|
else if (len == -1) \
|
|||
|
len = (VALUE); \
|
|||
|
} \
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
|
|||
|
main loop after insertion. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
|
|||
|
continue; \
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
|
|||
|
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if (! IGNORE) \
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
|||
|
(int) (FIELD));\
|
|||
|
break; \
|
|||
|
} \
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
|
|||
|
the current file and line number are not valid. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
|
|||
|
_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
|
|||
|
(int) (FIELD));\
|
|||
|
break; \
|
|||
|
} \
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
|
|||
|
IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
|
|||
|
{ \
|
|||
|
if (! IGNORE) \
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
|
|||
|
(int) (FIELD));\
|
|||
|
break; \
|
|||
|
} \
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_DP_relative(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_SB_relative(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_PC_relative(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
|
|||
|
&& strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
|
|||
|
always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
|
|||
|
need real complex handling yet. */
|
|||
|
#define is_complex(exp) \
|
|||
|
((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
|
|||
|
proc/procend pairs match. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
pa_check_eof (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (within_entry_exit)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
|
|||
|
or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static label_symbol_struct *
|
|||
|
pa_get_label (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_chain)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
|
|||
|
return label_chain;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
|
|||
|
return label_chain;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
|
|||
|
this function will replace it with the new label. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!label_chain)
|
|||
|
label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Not used. */
|
|||
|
label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
|
|||
|
If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
|
|||
|
code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
|
|||
|
results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
|
|||
|
hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
|
|||
|
original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
|
|||
|
tc_fix_data field. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
|
|||
|
int where,
|
|||
|
int size,
|
|||
|
symbolS *add_symbol,
|
|||
|
offsetT offset,
|
|||
|
expressionS *exp,
|
|||
|
int pcrel,
|
|||
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
|
|||
|
enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
|
|||
|
int r_format,
|
|||
|
unsigned int arg_reloc,
|
|||
|
int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixS *new_fix;
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (exp != NULL)
|
|||
|
new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
|
|||
|
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
|
|||
|
new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
|
|||
|
is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
|
|||
|
it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
|
|||
|
if (new_fix->fx_subsy
|
|||
|
&& (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
|
|||
|
|| strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
|
|||
|
new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
|
|||
|
hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
|
|||
|
int hppa_field_selector)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int rel_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get a base relocation type. */
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else if (is_complex (*exp))
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
rel_type = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
|
|||
|
hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
|
|||
|
(symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
|
|||
|
hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
get_expression (char *str)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *save_in;
|
|||
|
asection *seg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = str;
|
|||
|
seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
|
|||
|
if (!(seg == absolute_section
|
|||
|
|| seg == undefined_section
|
|||
|
|| SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
|
|||
|
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
|
|||
|
completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int nullif;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nullif = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
|
|||
|
nullif = 1;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
|
|||
|
nullif = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*s = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nullif;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Write out big-endian. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
|
|||
|
format. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
arelent **
|
|||
|
tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
arelent *reloc;
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
|||
|
static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
|
|||
|
arelent **relocs;
|
|||
|
reloc_type **codes;
|
|||
|
reloc_type code;
|
|||
|
int n_relocs;
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
|
|||
|
return &no_relocs;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
|
|||
|
gas_assert (section != 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
reloc = XNEW (arelent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
|
|||
|
When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
|
|||
|
/* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
|
|||
|
undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
|
|||
|
when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
|
|||
|
&& fixp->fx_pcrel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixp->fx_r_type = (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
fixp->fx_offset += 8;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(int) fixp->fx_r_type,
|
|||
|
hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
|
|||
|
hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
|
|||
|
fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (codes == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
|
|||
|
;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
|
|||
|
reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
|||
|
relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
code = *codes[0];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
|
|||
|
switch (code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
|
|||
|
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
|||
|
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
|||
|
(static link required). This adjustment is done in
|
|||
|
bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
|||
|
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
|||
|
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
|||
|
reloc->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
|||
|
reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
|
|||
|
fixp->fx_offset);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR32:
|
|||
|
/* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
|
|||
|
code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
|||
|
/* Fallthru */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
|||
|
reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
|||
|
reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#else /* OBJ_SOM */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
code = *codes[i];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->howto =
|
|||
|
bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case R_COMP2:
|
|||
|
/* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
|
|||
|
of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
|
|||
|
relocs now and break out of the loop. */
|
|||
|
gas_assert (i == 1);
|
|||
|
relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
|||
|
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|||
|
relocs[0]->howto
|
|||
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
|
|||
|
relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
relocs[0]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
|
|||
|
relocs[1]->howto
|
|||
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
|
|||
|
relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
relocs[1]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
|
|||
|
relocs[2]->howto
|
|||
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
|
|||
|
relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
relocs[2]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
|||
|
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|||
|
relocs[3]->howto
|
|||
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
|
|||
|
relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
relocs[3]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
|
|||
|
= (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|||
|
relocs[4]->howto
|
|||
|
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
|
|||
|
relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
|
|||
|
relocs[4]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
goto done;
|
|||
|
case R_PCREL_CALL:
|
|||
|
case R_ABS_CALL:
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case R_DLT_REL:
|
|||
|
case R_DATA_PLABEL:
|
|||
|
case R_CODE_PLABEL:
|
|||
|
/* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
|
|||
|
relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
|
|||
|
(static link required).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIXME: We always assume no static link!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
|
|||
|
it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
|
|||
|
it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case R_N_MODE:
|
|||
|
case R_S_MODE:
|
|||
|
case R_D_MODE:
|
|||
|
case R_R_MODE:
|
|||
|
case R_FSEL:
|
|||
|
case R_LSEL:
|
|||
|
case R_RSEL:
|
|||
|
case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
|
|||
|
case R_END_BRTAB:
|
|||
|
case R_BEGIN_TRY:
|
|||
|
case R_N0SEL:
|
|||
|
case R_N1SEL:
|
|||
|
/* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->addend = 0;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case R_END_TRY:
|
|||
|
case R_ENTRY:
|
|||
|
case R_EXIT:
|
|||
|
/* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
|
|||
|
*relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
done:
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return relocs;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
fragS *fragP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int address;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case 0:
|
|||
|
fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
|
|||
|
know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
|
|||
|
know (fragP->fr_next);
|
|||
|
address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
|
|||
|
if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fragP->fr_offset =
|
|||
|
fragP->fr_next->fr_address
|
|||
|
- fragP->fr_address
|
|||
|
- fragP->fr_fix;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
fragP->fr_offset = 0;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
valueT
|
|||
|
md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
|
|||
|
int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (size + align2) & ~align2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
size = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
|
|||
|
size++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return size;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
|||
|
const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
|
|||
|
# else
|
|||
|
const char *md_shortopts = "V";
|
|||
|
# endif
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
|||
|
const char *md_shortopts = "c";
|
|||
|
# else
|
|||
|
const char *md_shortopts = "";
|
|||
|
# endif
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct option md_longopts[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
|||
|
{"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (c)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
case 'V':
|
|||
|
print_version_id ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
|||
|
case 'c':
|
|||
|
warn_comment = 1;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
|||
|
-Q ignored\n"));
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
|
|||
|
fprintf (stream, _("\
|
|||
|
-c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symbolS *
|
|||
|
md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
|||
|
#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
|
|||
|
((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
|
|||
|
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
|
|||
|
(((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *fixpos;
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
|
|||
|
offsetT new_val;
|
|||
|
int insn, val, fmt;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
|
|||
|
never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
|
|||
|
R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
|||
|
fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
|
|||
|
adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_done = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
|
|||
|
hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
|
|||
|
if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
|||
|
_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_r_type);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Handle constant output. */
|
|||
|
number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
|
|||
|
fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
|
|||
|
which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
|
|||
|
In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
|
|||
|
will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
|
|||
|
if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
|
|||
|
|| fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
&& fmt != 32
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
)
|
|||
|
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
|
|||
|
else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
|
|||
|
new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
|
|||
|
if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
|
|||
|
&& fixP->fx_addsy
|
|||
|
&& fixP->fx_pcrel
|
|||
|
&& !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
|
|||
|
hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
&& (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
|
|||
|
|| (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
|
|||
|
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
&& (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
|
|||
|
|| (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
&& !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
|||
|
&& !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
|||
|
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
|
|||
|
&& !(fixP->fx_subsy
|
|||
|
&& S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (fmt)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case 10:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
|
|||
|
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case -11:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
|
|||
|
| ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
|
|||
|
case 14:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
|
|||
|
case 21:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
|
|||
|
case 11:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
|
|||
|
case 12:
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val - 8;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
|
|||
|
case 17:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
|||
|
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
|||
|
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val - 8;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case 22:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
offsetT distance = * valP;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
|
|||
|
range target, then we want to complain. */
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
|
|||
|
&& (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
|
|||
|
fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
|
|||
|
val = new_val - 8;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case -10:
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case -16:
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case 16:
|
|||
|
val = new_val;
|
|||
|
insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case 32:
|
|||
|
insn = new_val;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
|
|||
|
_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
|
|||
|
if (fixP->fx_addsy)
|
|||
|
S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Insert the relocation. */
|
|||
|
bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
|
|||
|
On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
long
|
|||
|
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
|
|||
|
a statement. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
is_end_of_statement (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
|
|||
|
|| (*input_line_pointer == ';')
|
|||
|
|| (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
|
|||
|
the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
reg_name_search (char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int middle, low, high;
|
|||
|
int cmp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
low = 0;
|
|||
|
high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
|||
|
cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
|
|||
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
|||
|
high = middle - 1;
|
|||
|
else if (cmp > 0)
|
|||
|
low = middle + 1;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (low <= high);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
|
|||
|
the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
|
|||
|
a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
|
|||
|
register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
|
|||
|
returned in `pa_number'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
|
|||
|
parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
|
|||
|
not set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
|
|||
|
horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int num;
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
symbolS *sym;
|
|||
|
int status;
|
|||
|
char *p = *s;
|
|||
|
bool have_prefix;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip whitespace before the number. */
|
|||
|
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
|||
|
p = p + 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_number = -1;
|
|||
|
have_prefix = 0;
|
|||
|
num = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Looks like a number. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The number is specified in hex. */
|
|||
|
p += 2;
|
|||
|
while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
|
|||
|
|| ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
|||
|
num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
|
|||
|
else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
|
|||
|
num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The number is specified in decimal. */
|
|||
|
while (ISDIGIT (*p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_number = num;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
|
|||
|
if (is_float)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
if (! (is_float & 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
++p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*p == '%')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The number might be a predefined register. */
|
|||
|
have_prefix = 1;
|
|||
|
name = p;
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
c = *p;
|
|||
|
/* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
|
|||
|
code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
|
|||
|
slow. */
|
|||
|
if (c == 'r')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
|
|||
|
&& (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p += 2;
|
|||
|
num = *p - '0' + 28;
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*p == 'p')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = 2;
|
|||
|
p++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (print_errors)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
|||
|
num = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
|
|||
|
while (ISDIGIT (*p));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Do a normal register search. */
|
|||
|
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p = p + 1;
|
|||
|
c = *p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*p = 0;
|
|||
|
status = reg_name_search (name);
|
|||
|
if (status >= 0)
|
|||
|
num = status;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (print_errors)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
|
|||
|
num = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*p = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_number = num;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
|
|||
|
is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
|
|||
|
name = p;
|
|||
|
c = *p;
|
|||
|
while (is_part_of_name (c))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p = p + 1;
|
|||
|
c = *p;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*p = 0;
|
|||
|
if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
|||
|
/* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
|
|||
|
register, so... */
|
|||
|
have_prefix = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
|||
|
num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
|
|||
|
else if (!strict)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (print_errors)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
|
|||
|
num = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strict)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
|
|||
|
or for an empty string. For an empty string we
|
|||
|
will return zero. That's a concession made for
|
|||
|
compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
|
|||
|
if (*name == 0)
|
|||
|
num = 0;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (print_errors)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
|
|||
|
num = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*p = c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_number = num;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!strict || have_prefix)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s = p;
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
|
|||
|
a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
need_pa11_opcode (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
|
|||
|
&& !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
|||
|
then set a new architecture. */
|
|||
|
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
|
|||
|
code associated with the condition. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cond, i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cond = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
|
|||
|
strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
|
|||
|
*s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
|||
|
/* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
|
|||
|
report an error. */
|
|||
|
if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
|
|||
|
*s = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
return cond;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Advance over the bogus completer. */
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int value;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
value = 0;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 5;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 9;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 13;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 17;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 1;
|
|||
|
*s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 6;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 2;
|
|||
|
*s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
value = 0;
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return value;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
|||
|
type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static fp_operand_format
|
|||
|
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int format;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
format = SGL;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = SGL;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = DBL;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = QUAD;
|
|||
|
*s += 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = W;
|
|||
|
*s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = UW;
|
|||
|
*s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = DW;
|
|||
|
*s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = UDW;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = QW;
|
|||
|
*s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = UQW;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return format;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
|
|||
|
type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static fp_operand_format
|
|||
|
pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int format;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
format = SGL;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = SGL;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = DBL;
|
|||
|
*s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = QUAD;
|
|||
|
*s += 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return format;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int middle, low, high;
|
|||
|
int cmp;
|
|||
|
char name[4];
|
|||
|
char *s = *str;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Read past any whitespace. */
|
|||
|
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
*str = s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[0]])
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
else if (s[1] == '\'' || s[1] == '%')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
|||
|
name[1] = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[1]])
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
else if (s[2] == '\'' || s[2] == '%')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
|||
|
name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
|
|||
|
name[2] = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (is_end_of_line [(unsigned char) s[2]])
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
else if (s[3] == '\'' || s[3] == '%')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
name[0] = TOLOWER (s[0]);
|
|||
|
name[1] = TOLOWER (s[1]);
|
|||
|
name[2] = TOLOWER (s[2]);
|
|||
|
name[3] = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
low = 0;
|
|||
|
high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
middle = (low + high) / 2;
|
|||
|
cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
|
|||
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
|||
|
high = middle - 1;
|
|||
|
else if (cmp > 0)
|
|||
|
low = middle + 1;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*str += strlen (name) + 1;
|
|||
|
#ifndef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (low <= high);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return e_fsel;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
|
|||
|
cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
|
|||
|
expression (exp);
|
|||
|
return hppa_field_selector;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
|
|||
|
the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
offsetT value;
|
|||
|
expressionS exp;
|
|||
|
int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
exp = insn->exp;
|
|||
|
value = exp.X_add_number;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *save_in;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
|
|||
|
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
|||
|
expression (&insn->exp);
|
|||
|
expr_end = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
|||
|
if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
|
|||
|
if (!strict)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return evaluate_absolute (insn);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
|
|||
|
first whitespace character. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *save_in;
|
|||
|
char *s, c;
|
|||
|
int result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
save_in = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = *strp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
|
|||
|
this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
|
|||
|
r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
|
|||
|
coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
|
|||
|
pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
|
|||
|
in the symbol table.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
|
|||
|
at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
|
|||
|
contain no whitespace. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s = *strp;
|
|||
|
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
*s = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = save_in;
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
|
|||
|
argument location number. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static unsigned int
|
|||
|
pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
return 2;
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
return 3;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
|
|||
|
the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static unsigned int
|
|||
|
pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int new_reloc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_reloc = arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
switch (reg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case 0:
|
|||
|
new_reloc <<= 8;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case 1:
|
|||
|
new_reloc <<= 6;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case 2:
|
|||
|
new_reloc <<= 4;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case 3:
|
|||
|
new_reloc <<= 2;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return new_reloc;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
|||
|
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *save_s = *s;
|
|||
|
int nullify = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
|||
|
completer. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
nullify = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
|||
|
if (nullify)
|
|||
|
*s = save_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
|
|||
|
number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *save_s = *s;
|
|||
|
int nullify = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
|||
|
completer. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
nullify = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
|||
|
if (nullify)
|
|||
|
*s = save_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
|
|||
|
encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
|
|||
|
returned as 8-15. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 8;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 9;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 10;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 11;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 12;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 13;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 14;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 15;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
|
|||
|
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
|
|||
|
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *save_s = *s;
|
|||
|
int nullify = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
|||
|
completer. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
nullify = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
|||
|
if (nullify)
|
|||
|
*s = save_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
|
|||
|
(for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *save_s = *s;
|
|||
|
int nullify = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
|||
|
completer. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
nullify = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
|||
|
if (nullify)
|
|||
|
*s = save_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
|
|||
|
encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int cmpltr;
|
|||
|
char *name = *s + 1;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *save_s = *s;
|
|||
|
int nullify = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (**s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
|
|||
|
*s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = **s;
|
|||
|
**s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 8;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 9;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 10;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 11;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 12;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 13;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 14;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 15;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
|
|||
|
completer. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
nullify = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
**s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
|
|||
|
if (nullify)
|
|||
|
*s = save_s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return cmpltr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
|
|||
|
into the global "the_insn" variable. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_ip (char *str)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *error_message = "";
|
|||
|
char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
|
|||
|
const char *args;
|
|||
|
int match = false;
|
|||
|
int comma = 0;
|
|||
|
int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
|
|||
|
int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
|
|||
|
unsigned long opcode;
|
|||
|
struct pa_opcode *insn;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
|
|||
|
case. */
|
|||
|
for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
|
|||
|
*s = TOLOWER (*s);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip to something interesting. */
|
|||
|
for (s = str;
|
|||
|
ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
|
|||
|
++s)
|
|||
|
;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (*s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case '\0':
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case ',':
|
|||
|
comma = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*FALLTHROUGH */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case ' ':
|
|||
|
*s++ = '\0';
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
|
|||
|
if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) str_hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (comma)
|
|||
|
*--s = ',';
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
|
|||
|
start processing them. */
|
|||
|
argstart = s;
|
|||
|
for (;;)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Do some initialization. */
|
|||
|
opcode = insn->match;
|
|||
|
strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
|
|||
|
memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
|
|||
|
need_cond = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (insn->arch >= pa20
|
|||
|
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
|
|||
|
goto failed;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
|
|||
|
sure that the operands match. */
|
|||
|
for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Absorb white space in instruction. */
|
|||
|
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (*args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* End of arguments. */
|
|||
|
case '\0':
|
|||
|
if (*s == '\0')
|
|||
|
match = true;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case '+':
|
|||
|
if (*s == '+')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
++s;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (*s == '-')
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* These must match exactly. */
|
|||
|
case '(':
|
|||
|
case ')':
|
|||
|
case ',':
|
|||
|
case ' ':
|
|||
|
if (*s++ == *args)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
|
|||
|
case 'b':
|
|||
|
case '^':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
|
|||
|
is there. */
|
|||
|
case '!':
|
|||
|
/* Skip whitespace before register. */
|
|||
|
while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
|
|||
|
s = s + 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 5;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
|
|||
|
case 'x':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 't':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
|
|||
|
case 'a':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 16;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'T':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
|||
|
case '5':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
|||
|
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'V':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
/* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
|
|||
|
match instead of giving an out of range error. */
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'r':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
|
|||
|
case 'R':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
|
|||
|
case 'U':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
|
|||
|
case 's':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
|
|||
|
case 'S':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all completers. */
|
|||
|
case 'c':
|
|||
|
switch (*++args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
|
|||
|
case 'X':
|
|||
|
case 'x':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int uu = 0;
|
|||
|
int m = 0;
|
|||
|
int i = 0;
|
|||
|
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uu = 1;
|
|||
|
m = 1;
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
|||
|
m = 1;
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
|| (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
|
|||
|
uu = 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strict)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* This is a match failure. */
|
|||
|
s--;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (i > 2)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
|
|||
|
opcode |= m << 5;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a short load/store completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'M':
|
|||
|
case 'm':
|
|||
|
case 'q':
|
|||
|
case 'J':
|
|||
|
case 'e':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int a = 0;
|
|||
|
int m = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
a = 0;
|
|||
|
m = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
a = 1;
|
|||
|
m = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strict)
|
|||
|
/* This is a match failure. */
|
|||
|
s--;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
|
|||
|
consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'e')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
|
|||
|
encode the before/after field. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
opcode |= m << 5;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'q')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
opcode |= m << 3;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'J')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gas_assert (*args == 'e');
|
|||
|
/* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
|
|||
|
instruction. We will use (and remove it)
|
|||
|
later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
|
|||
|
opcode |= a;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a stbys completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'A':
|
|||
|
case 's':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int a = 0;
|
|||
|
int m = 0;
|
|||
|
int i = 0;
|
|||
|
while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
|
|||
|
m = 1;
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
|| (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
|
|||
|
a = 0;
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
|
|||
|
a = 1;
|
|||
|
/* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
|
|||
|
else if (strict)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s--;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (i > 2)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
|
|||
|
opcode |= m << 5;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle load cache hint completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'c':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle store cache hint completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'C':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (startswith (s, ",sl"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (startswith (s, ",bc"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'd':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (startswith (s, ",co"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle load ordering completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'o':
|
|||
|
if (!startswith (s, ",o"))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a branch gate completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'g':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 5;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'p':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 7;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a branch link completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'l':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a branch pop completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'P':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a local processor completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'L':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'w':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'W':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'r':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 5;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a system control completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'Z':
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
|
|||
|
case 'i':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'z':
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle add completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'a':
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 2;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 3;
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
|
|||
|
case 'Y':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
|
|||
|
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Condition is not required with "dc". */
|
|||
|
need_cond = 0;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
|
|||
|
case 'y':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
|
|||
|
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
|
|||
|
case 'v':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
|
|||
|
case 't':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
|
|||
|
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
|||
|
case 'B':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
|
|||
|
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 7;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Condition is not required with "db". */
|
|||
|
need_cond = 0;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
|
|||
|
case 'b':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
|
|||
|
!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 6;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
|
|||
|
case 'T':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
|
|||
|
case 'S':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int sign = 1;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sign = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sign = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
|
|||
|
case 'h':
|
|||
|
if (*s++ == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int lr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == 'r')
|
|||
|
lr = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (*s == 'l')
|
|||
|
lr = 0;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
|
|||
|
case 'H':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int sat = 3;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sat = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sat = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle permutation completer. */
|
|||
|
case '*':
|
|||
|
if (*s++ == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int permloc[4];
|
|||
|
int perm = 0;
|
|||
|
int i = 0;
|
|||
|
permloc[0] = 13;
|
|||
|
permloc[1] = 10;
|
|||
|
permloc[2] = 8;
|
|||
|
permloc[3] = 6;
|
|||
|
for (; i < 4; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (*s++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case '0':
|
|||
|
perm = 0;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case '1':
|
|||
|
perm = 1;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case '2':
|
|||
|
perm = 2;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case '3':
|
|||
|
perm = 3;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all conditions. */
|
|||
|
case '?':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
args++;
|
|||
|
switch (*args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Handle FP compare conditions. */
|
|||
|
case 'f':
|
|||
|
cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an add condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'A':
|
|||
|
case 'a':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'A')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
name = s;
|
|||
|
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
|||
|
s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
*s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
|
|||
|
'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'd':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'W':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
|||
|
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
|
|||
|
condition. */
|
|||
|
case '@':
|
|||
|
save_s = s;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s = save_s;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
case 'B':
|
|||
|
case 'b':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'B')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (startswith (s, "<"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (startswith (s, ">="))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'S':
|
|||
|
case 's':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'S')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
name = s;
|
|||
|
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
|||
|
s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
*s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
|
|||
|
name);
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
|
|||
|
'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
|
|||
|
case 't':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'n':
|
|||
|
save_s = s;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s = save_s;
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'N':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
|
|||
|
opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'Q':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
|
|||
|
if (cmpltr < 0)
|
|||
|
/* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'L':
|
|||
|
case 'l':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'L')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
name = s;
|
|||
|
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
|||
|
s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
*s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'L')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'X':
|
|||
|
case 'x':
|
|||
|
case 'y':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
/* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
|
|||
|
* instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
|
|||
|
immediate_check = 1;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
save_s = s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'X')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
name = s;
|
|||
|
while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
|
|||
|
s += 1;
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
*s = 0x00;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
/* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
|
|||
|
This includes moving s back to where it started. */
|
|||
|
else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
s = save_s;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
|
|||
|
*s = c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
|
|||
|
case 'U':
|
|||
|
case 'u':
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int uxor;
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 64 bit conditions. */
|
|||
|
if (*args == 'U')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (*s == '*')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
|
|||
|
not involving carries. */
|
|||
|
uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 2;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 3;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 4;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 6;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 7;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 1;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cmpltr = 5;
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 3;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* ",*" is a valid condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
|
|||
|
else if (*args == 'U')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
|
|||
|
case 'n':
|
|||
|
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
|
|||
|
case 'N':
|
|||
|
nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
|
|||
|
case 'L':
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
|||
|
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
|||
|
case 'h':
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
num++;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
|
|||
|
are 0..6 inclusive. */
|
|||
|
case 'm':
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
|
|||
|
case '=':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'i':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 11;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'J':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int mb;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
|
|||
|
for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
|
|||
|
Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
|
|||
|
good to rethink this. */
|
|||
|
mb = opcode & 1;
|
|||
|
opcode -= mb;
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'K':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int mb;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
mb = opcode & 1;
|
|||
|
opcode -= mb;
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case '<':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int mb;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
mb = opcode & 1;
|
|||
|
opcode -= mb;
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (mb != (num < 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
|||
|
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case '>':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int mb;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
mb = opcode & 1;
|
|||
|
opcode -= mb;
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (mb == (num < 0))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
|||
|
num = re_assemble_16 (num);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
|
|||
|
case '#':
|
|||
|
if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num & 0x7)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
if (num < 0)
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1;
|
|||
|
num &= 0x1fff;
|
|||
|
num >>= 3;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
|
|||
|
case 'd':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num & 0x3)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
if (num < 0)
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1;
|
|||
|
num &= 0x1fff;
|
|||
|
num >>= 2;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'j':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'k':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 21;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
|
|||
|
case 'l':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
|||
|
case 'y':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
|||
|
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
|
|||
|
case '&':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
|
|||
|
CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
|
|||
|
if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
|
|||
|
else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
|
|||
|
else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 14;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
|
|||
|
case 'w':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
|||
|
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
|||
|
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
|||
|
num -= 8;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 12;
|
|||
|
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
|
|||
|
case 'W':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
|||
|
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
|||
|
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
|||
|
num -= 8;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 17;
|
|||
|
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
|
|||
|
case 'X':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
the_insn.pcrel = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
|||
|
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
|||
|
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
|||
|
num -= 8;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 22;
|
|||
|
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
|
|||
|
case 'z':
|
|||
|
the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
|
|||
|
get_expression (s);
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
the_insn.pcrel = 0;
|
|||
|
if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
|
|||
|
|| !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
|
|||
|
FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
|
|||
|
if (num % 4)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
|
|||
|
num -= 8;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
|
|||
|
the_insn.format = 17;
|
|||
|
the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
|
|||
|
case 'Z':
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
|
|||
|
&& (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
s += 4;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
|
|||
|
case 'Y':
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s += 9;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
|
|||
|
case '@':
|
|||
|
if (*s != '0')
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
|
|||
|
case '.':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
|
|||
|
case '*':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
|
|||
|
case 'p':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
|
|||
|
case '~':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
num = 63 - num;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
|
|||
|
case '%':
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
num--;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
|
|||
|
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
|
|||
|
case '|':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
num--;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
|
|||
|
num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
|
|||
|
case 'P':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
|
|||
|
case 'q':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
|
|||
|
of the high bit of the immediate. */
|
|||
|
case 'B':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
if (num & 0x20)
|
|||
|
opcode &= ~(1 << 13);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
|
|||
|
case 'Q':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
|
|||
|
case '$':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
|
|||
|
case 'A':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
|
|||
|
case 'D':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
|
|||
|
case 'v':
|
|||
|
if (*s++ != ',')
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
|
|||
|
case 'O':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
|
|||
|
case 'o':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
|
|||
|
case '0':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
|
|||
|
case '1':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
|
|||
|
case 'u':
|
|||
|
if (*s++ != ',')
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
|
|||
|
case '2':
|
|||
|
num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
|
|||
|
if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
s = expr_end;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
|
|||
|
num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
|||
|
case '{':
|
|||
|
if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
the_insn.trunc = 1;
|
|||
|
s += 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
the_insn.trunc = 0;
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
|||
|
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
|||
|
flag = SGL;
|
|||
|
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
|||
|
flag = DBL;
|
|||
|
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
|||
|
flag = QUAD;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
|||
|
case '_':
|
|||
|
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
|||
|
s--;
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
|||
|
if (flag == W || flag == UW)
|
|||
|
flag = SGL;
|
|||
|
if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
|
|||
|
flag = DBL;
|
|||
|
if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
|
|||
|
flag = QUAD;
|
|||
|
opcode |= flag << 13;
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
|||
|
flag = 0;
|
|||
|
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
|
|||
|
flag = 2;
|
|||
|
else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
|
|||
|
flag = 6;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == DW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
|||
|
flag = 1;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
|
|||
|
|| the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
|
|||
|
flag = 5;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
flag |= the_insn.trunc;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'F':
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
|
|||
|
case 'G':
|
|||
|
/* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
|
|||
|
s--;
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
|
|||
|
case 'I':
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
|
|||
|
Only allows single and double precision. */
|
|||
|
case 'H':
|
|||
|
flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
|
|||
|
switch (flag)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case SGL:
|
|||
|
opcode |= 0x20;
|
|||
|
/* Fall through. */
|
|||
|
case DBL:
|
|||
|
the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case QUAD:
|
|||
|
case ILLEGAL_FMT:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle all floating point registers. */
|
|||
|
case 'f':
|
|||
|
switch (*++args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Float target register. */
|
|||
|
case 't':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
/* RSEL should not be set. */
|
|||
|
if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float target register with L/R selection. */
|
|||
|
case 'T':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
|
|||
|
and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
|
|||
|
is not necessary for loads/stores. */
|
|||
|
if (need_pa11_opcode ()
|
|||
|
&& ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float operand 1. */
|
|||
|
case 'a':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 21;
|
|||
|
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
|
|||
|
case 'X':
|
|||
|
case 'A':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 21;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float operand 2. */
|
|||
|
case 'b':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 16;
|
|||
|
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= 1 << 27;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
|
|||
|
case 'B':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 16;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
|
|||
|
case 'C':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
|||
|
case 'i':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (num < 16)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
num &= 0xF;
|
|||
|
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
|||
|
case 'j':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (num < 16)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
num &= 0xF;
|
|||
|
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
|||
|
case 'k':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (num < 16)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
num &= 0xF;
|
|||
|
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
|||
|
case 'l':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (num < 16)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
num &= 0xF;
|
|||
|
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
|
|||
|
case 'm':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (num < 16)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
num &= 0xF;
|
|||
|
num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
|
|||
|
case 'E':
|
|||
|
case 'e':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
opcode |= num << 16;
|
|||
|
if (need_pa11_opcode ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
|
|||
|
case 'x':
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
|
|||
|
CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
abort ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
|
|||
|
then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
|
|||
|
for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
|
|||
|
if (match
|
|||
|
&& bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
|
|||
|
&& !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
match = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
failed:
|
|||
|
/* Check if the args matched. */
|
|||
|
if (!match)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
|
|||
|
&& !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
++insn;
|
|||
|
s = argstart;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (immediate_check)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
|
|||
|
pos, len);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
the_insn.opcode = opcode;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_assemble (char *str)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *to;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The had better be something to assemble. */
|
|||
|
gas_assert (str);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
|||
|
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
|||
|
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
|||
|
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
|||
|
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
|||
|
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
|||
|
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
|||
|
if (within_entry_exit)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *where;
|
|||
|
unsigned int u;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
|
|||
|
pa_ip (str);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
|
|||
|
to = frag_more (4);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Output the opcode. */
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If necessary output more stuff. */
|
|||
|
if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
|
|||
|
(offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
|
|||
|
(int) the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
|
|||
|
the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
|
|||
|
alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_align (int bytes)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
|
|||
|
s_align_bytes (bytes);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
|
|||
|
alignment if necessary. */
|
|||
|
if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
|
|||
|
record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int temp_size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
|
|||
|
temp_size = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
|
|||
|
char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
|
|||
|
*p = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
|||
|
the beginning and end of branch tables). */
|
|||
|
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
|
|||
|
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
expressionS exp;
|
|||
|
char *where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (! begin)
|
|||
|
expression (&exp);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
|
|||
|
the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
|
|||
|
0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
|
|||
|
e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
|
|||
|
where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
/* Process a source argument. */
|
|||
|
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
|||
|
call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Process a return value. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
|||
|
call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
|
|||
|
about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
|
|||
|
(and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
|
|||
|
attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
|
|||
|
R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
|
|||
|
of the unwind spaces. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
asection *seg, *save_seg;
|
|||
|
subsegT save_subseg;
|
|||
|
unsigned int unwind;
|
|||
|
int reloc;
|
|||
|
char *name, *p;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbolP;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((bfd_section_flags (now_seg)
|
|||
|
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
|||
|
!= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
/* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
|
|||
|
to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
|
|||
|
multiple definitions, etc. */
|
|||
|
name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
|
|||
|
(char *) NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
|
|||
|
already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
|
|||
|
entry. */
|
|||
|
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
|||
|
if (symbolP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
xfree (name);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
|
|||
|
symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol),
|
|||
|
S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol));
|
|||
|
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
|||
|
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
|||
|
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
|
|||
|
save_seg = now_seg;
|
|||
|
save_subseg = now_subseg;
|
|||
|
/* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
|
|||
|
the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
|
|||
|
old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
|
|||
|
seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
|
|||
|
if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (seg, (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA));
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (seg, 2);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
subseg_set (seg, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
|
|||
|
descriptor. */
|
|||
|
p = frag_more (16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
|||
|
symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
|
|||
|
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
|||
|
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
|
|||
|
reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
|
|||
|
symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
|
|||
|
value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
|
|||
|
finished with its work. */
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
|
|||
|
call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
|
|||
|
(expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
|
|||
|
e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Dump the descriptor. */
|
|||
|
unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
|
|||
|
subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
|
|||
|
to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
|
|||
|
.ENTER and .LEAVE. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
int temp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
|
|||
|
if (!within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
|
|||
|
current procedure. */
|
|||
|
callinfo_found = true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
/* Frame size specification. */
|
|||
|
if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
|
|||
|
temp = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
/* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
|
|||
|
even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
|
|||
|
the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
|
|||
|
if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
/* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
|
|||
|
though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
|
|||
|
if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
if (temp != 3)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
|
|||
|
|| (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Likewise for SP. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
|
|||
|
in the unwind descriptor. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
|
|||
|
unwind descriptor. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
|
|||
|
assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
|
|||
|
accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
|
|||
|
to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
|||
|
/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
|
|||
|
label when finished. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s_text (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
s_data (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
|
|||
|
the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<label> .comm <length>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
|
|||
|
a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
|
|||
|
expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
|
|||
|
and subspace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
|
|||
|
on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
|
|||
|
of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
|
|||
|
the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
|
|||
|
a pain.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int size;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol)
|
|||
|
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
symbol = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
|
|||
|
size = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
|||
|
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
|
|||
|
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
|
|||
|
current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
|
|||
|
fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
|
|||
|
symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
|
|||
|
procedure. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!callinfo_found)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
within_entry_exit = true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
|||
|
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
|||
|
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
|||
|
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
|||
|
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
|||
|
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
|||
|
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
|||
|
if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *where;
|
|||
|
unsigned int u;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
|
|||
|
being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
|
|||
|
registers, to get the size of the range. */
|
|||
|
static int fudge_reg_expressions;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
|
|||
|
operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
expressionS *rightP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (fudge_reg_expressions
|
|||
|
&& rightP->X_op == O_register
|
|||
|
&& resultP->X_op == O_register)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
rightP->X_op = O_constant;
|
|||
|
resultP->X_op = O_constant;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_equ (int reg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
|||
|
if (reg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
strict = 1;
|
|||
|
if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
|
|||
|
as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
|
|||
|
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
expressionS exp;
|
|||
|
segT seg;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
|
|||
|
seg = expression (&exp);
|
|||
|
fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
|
|||
|
if (exp.X_op != O_constant
|
|||
|
&& exp.X_op != O_register)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
|
|||
|
exp.X_add_number = 0;
|
|||
|
seg = absolute_section;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (reg)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
|
|||
|
the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
|
|||
|
temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbolP;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* We have already warned about a missing label,
|
|||
|
or other problems. */
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
|
|||
|
(char *) NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
|
|||
|
symbol will have already been defined. */
|
|||
|
symbolP = symbol_find (name);
|
|||
|
if (symbolP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The symbol has already been defined! This can
|
|||
|
happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
|
|||
|
the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
|
|||
|
xfree (name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* symbol value should be the offset of the
|
|||
|
last instruction of the function */
|
|||
|
symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix () - 4);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gas_assert (symbolP);
|
|||
|
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
|
|||
|
symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (symbolP)
|
|||
|
last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
|
|||
|
usually involves creating some relocations or building special
|
|||
|
symbols to mark the end of the function. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
process_exit (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *where;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
|
|||
|
for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
|
|||
|
to add an entry in the unwind table. */
|
|||
|
(void) where;
|
|||
|
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
|||
|
pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
/* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
|
|||
|
The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
|
|||
|
to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
|
|||
|
for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
|
|||
|
is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
|
|||
|
if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
|
|||
|
denote the entry and exit points. */
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
|
|||
|
UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!callinfo_found)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!within_entry_exit)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
within_entry_exit = false;
|
|||
|
process_exit ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
|||
|
/* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
|
|||
|
instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
|
|||
|
done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
|
|||
|
silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
|
|||
|
if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (is_export)
|
|||
|
as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
|
|||
|
S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 5;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
|
|||
|
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
|
|||
|
ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
|
|||
|
STT_PARISC_MILLI);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 8;
|
|||
|
bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
|
|||
|
than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
|
|||
|
to the SOM BFD backend. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
|
|||
|
obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
(void) type;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
|
|||
|
handle any argument relocation information. */
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
/* Argument sources. */
|
|||
|
if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = atoi (name + 4);
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
|
|||
|
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
|||
|
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
(void) arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* The return value. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
|
|||
|
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
|
|||
|
symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
(void) arg_reloc;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* Privilege level. */
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
|
|||
|
and provides information such as argument relocation entries
|
|||
|
to callers. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
/* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
|
|||
|
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
|||
|
restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
|
|||
|
For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
|
|||
|
S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
|
|||
|
Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
|
|||
|
set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
|
|||
|
S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
|
|||
|
assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
|
|||
|
explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
symbol = symbol_find (name);
|
|||
|
/* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
|
|||
|
in which case all the code below will really screw things up
|
|||
|
(set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
|
|||
|
if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
|
|||
|
poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
|
|||
|
the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
|
|||
|
matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
|
|||
|
if (now_seg == text_section)
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
|
|||
|
Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
|
|||
|
the end of the current statement. */
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strlen (name) > 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
colon (name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
|
|||
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *level;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
level = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
if (startswith (level, "1.0"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (startswith (level, "1.1"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (startswith (level, "2.0w"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 4;
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (startswith (level, "2.0"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 3;
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
|
|||
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s_org (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
|
|||
|
is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c;
|
|||
|
symbolS *symbol;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
|
|||
|
of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct call_info *call_info;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
|
|||
|
callinfo_found = false;
|
|||
|
within_procedure = true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create another call_info structure. */
|
|||
|
call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!call_info)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
call_info->ci_next = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (call_info_root == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
call_info_root = call_info;
|
|||
|
last_call_info = call_info;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
|
|||
|
last_call_info = call_info;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* set up defaults on call_info structure */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
|
|||
|
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
|
|||
|
call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
|
|||
|
locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
|
|||
|
appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
|
|||
|
defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
|
|||
|
label was defined after the .PROC directive.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
|
|||
|
for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
|
|||
|
into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (label_symbol->lss_label)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
|
|||
|
|= BSF_FUNCTION;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
|
|||
|
information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
|
|||
|
if (within_entry_exit)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *where;
|
|||
|
unsigned int u;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
where = frag_more (0);
|
|||
|
u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
|
|||
|
fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
|
|||
|
NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!within_procedure)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!callinfo_found)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (within_entry_exit)
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
|
|||
|
the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */
|
|||
|
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
within_procedure = false;
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
|
|||
|
return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
exact_log2 (int value)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int shift = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
|
|||
|
shift++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (shift >= 32)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return shift;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (current_space == NULL)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (current_subspace == NULL)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
|
|||
|
then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
|
|||
|
by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, *ptemp, c;
|
|||
|
char loadable, defined, private, sort;
|
|||
|
int spnum;
|
|||
|
asection *seg = NULL;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Load default values. */
|
|||
|
spnum = 0;
|
|||
|
sort = 0;
|
|||
|
loadable = true;
|
|||
|
defined = true;
|
|||
|
private = false;
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
|
|||
|
defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
|
|||
|
private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
|
|||
|
sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
|
|||
|
spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
|
|||
|
defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
|
|||
|
private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
|
|||
|
sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
|
|||
|
spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
print_errors = false;
|
|||
|
ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
|||
|
/* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
|
|||
|
as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
|
|||
|
the line should be ignored. */
|
|||
|
strict = 0;
|
|||
|
pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
|
|||
|
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
spnum = pa_number;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = ptemp;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
loadable = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
defined = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
private = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
print_errors = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
|
|||
|
seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
|
|||
|
the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
|
|||
|
an already existing space -- this can only happen for
|
|||
|
the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
|
|||
|
if (create_flag)
|
|||
|
space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
|
|||
|
private, sort, seg, 1);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
space = is_defined_space (space_name);
|
|||
|
SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
|
|||
|
SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
|
|||
|
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
|||
|
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return space;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
|
|||
|
given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
|||
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
|
|||
|
below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
|
|||
|
and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
|
|||
|
/* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
|
|||
|
What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
|
|||
|
if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 6;
|
|||
|
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
|
|||
|
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
|
|||
|
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
current_space = sd_chain;
|
|||
|
subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
|
|||
|
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += 9;
|
|||
|
sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
|
|||
|
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
|
|||
|
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
current_space = sd_chain;
|
|||
|
subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
|
|||
|
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
|
|||
|
GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
|
|||
|
strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
|||
|
sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
|||
|
if (sd_chain == NULL)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
|
|||
|
else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
current_space = sd_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
asection *gdb_section
|
|||
|
= bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
|
|||
|
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* It could be a space specified by number. */
|
|||
|
print_errors = 0;
|
|||
|
save_s = input_line_pointer;
|
|||
|
strict = 0;
|
|||
|
pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
|
|||
|
if (pa_number >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
current_space = sd_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace
|
|||
|
= pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
|||
|
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
|
|||
|
print_errors = 1;
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer = save_s;
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
space_name = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
|
|||
|
current_space = sd_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
|
|||
|
sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
char c;
|
|||
|
char *p;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
space = is_defined_space (name);
|
|||
|
if (space)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p = frag_more (4);
|
|||
|
md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
|
|||
|
given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
|
|||
|
they're broken up into subroutines. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_subspace (int create_new)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name, *ss_name, c;
|
|||
|
char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
|
|||
|
int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
|
|||
|
asection *section;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (current_space == NULL)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (within_procedure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
|
|||
|
ignore_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
ss_name = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Load default values. */
|
|||
|
sort = 0;
|
|||
|
access_ctr = 0x7f;
|
|||
|
loadable = 1;
|
|||
|
comdat = 0;
|
|||
|
common = 0;
|
|||
|
dup_common = 0;
|
|||
|
code_only = 0;
|
|||
|
zero = 0;
|
|||
|
space_index = ~0;
|
|||
|
alignment = 1;
|
|||
|
quadrant = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
space = current_space;
|
|||
|
if (create_new)
|
|||
|
ssd = NULL;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
|
|||
|
/* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
|
|||
|
only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
|
|||
|
if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
|
|||
|
current_subspace = ssd;
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
|
|||
|
the builtin subspaces. */
|
|||
|
i = 0;
|
|||
|
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
|
|||
|
comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
|
|||
|
common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
|
|||
|
dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
|
|||
|
code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
|
|||
|
zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
|
|||
|
space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
|
|||
|
alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
|
|||
|
quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
|
|||
|
access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
|
|||
|
sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
|
|||
|
any information as specified by the user. */
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
while (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
c = get_symbol_name (&name);
|
|||
|
if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
|
|||
|
alignment = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
sort = get_absolute_expression ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
code_only = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
loadable = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
comdat = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
common = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
dup_common = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(void) restore_line_pointer (c);
|
|||
|
zero = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!is_end_of_statement ())
|
|||
|
input_line_pointer++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
|
|||
|
in the .subspace directive. */
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
flags = 0;
|
|||
|
if (loadable)
|
|||
|
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
|
|||
|
if (code_only)
|
|||
|
flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
|
|||
|
common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
|
|||
|
have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
|
|||
|
GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
|
|||
|
are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
|
|||
|
sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
|
|||
|
common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
|
|||
|
correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
|
|||
|
if (comdat || common || dup_common)
|
|||
|
flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
|
|||
|
if (zero)
|
|||
|
flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
applicable &= flags;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
|
|||
|
segment already associated with the subspace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
|
|||
|
lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
|
|||
|
code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
|
|||
|
but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
|
|||
|
if (create_new)
|
|||
|
section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
|
|||
|
else if (ssd)
|
|||
|
section = ssd->ssd_seg;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (zero)
|
|||
|
seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now set the flags. */
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (section, applicable);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Record any alignment request for this section. */
|
|||
|
record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set the starting offset for this section. */
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_vma (section, pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
|
|||
|
or create a new one. */
|
|||
|
if (ssd)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
|||
|
code_only, comdat, common,
|
|||
|
dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
|
|||
|
space_index, alignment, quadrant,
|
|||
|
section);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
|
|||
|
code_only, comdat, common,
|
|||
|
dup_common, zero, sort,
|
|||
|
access_ctr, space_index,
|
|||
|
alignment, quadrant, section);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
|
|||
|
current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
|
|||
|
subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_spaces_begin (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
space_dict_root = NULL;
|
|||
|
space_dict_last = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
i = 0;
|
|||
|
while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
|
|||
|
name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
|
|||
|
create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
|
|||
|
pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
|
|||
|
pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
|
|||
|
pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
i = 0;
|
|||
|
while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
int applicable, subsegment;
|
|||
|
asection *segment = NULL;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
|
|||
|
subsegment number. */
|
|||
|
name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
|
|||
|
subsegment = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create the new section. */
|
|||
|
segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
|
|||
|
sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
|
|||
|
all the built-in subspaces. */
|
|||
|
if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
text_section = segment;
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
|
|||
|
| SEC_READONLY
|
|||
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
data_section = segment;
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC
|
|||
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bss_section = segment;
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC
|
|||
|
| SEC_READONLY
|
|||
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC
|
|||
|
| SEC_READONLY
|
|||
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
|
|||
|
bfd_set_section_flags (segment,
|
|||
|
applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
|||
|
| SEC_RELOC
|
|||
|
| SEC_READONLY
|
|||
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
|
|||
|
space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
|
|||
|
def_space_index].segment);
|
|||
|
if (space == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
create_new_subspace (space, name,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
|
|||
|
pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
|
|||
|
segment);
|
|||
|
i++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
|||
|
by the given parameters. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
create_new_space (const char *name,
|
|||
|
int spnum,
|
|||
|
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int defined,
|
|||
|
int private,
|
|||
|
int sort,
|
|||
|
asection *seg,
|
|||
|
int user_defined)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
|
|||
|
SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
|
|||
|
SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
|
|||
|
SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
|
|||
|
if (!space_dict_last)
|
|||
|
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (space_dict_root == NULL)
|
|||
|
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (chain_pointer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
|
|||
|
entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
|
|||
|
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
space_dict_root = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
|
|||
|
space_dict_last = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
|
|||
|
modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
|
|||
|
the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
|
|||
|
the user modifies a predefined space. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
|
|||
|
obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
|
|||
|
by the given parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
|
|||
|
order as defined by the SORT entries. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int comdat,
|
|||
|
int common,
|
|||
|
int dup_common,
|
|||
|
int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int sort,
|
|||
|
int access_ctr,
|
|||
|
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int quadrant,
|
|||
|
asection *seg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
|
|||
|
SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
|
|||
|
we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
|
|||
|
SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
|
|||
|
if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
|
|||
|
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (chain_pointer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
|
|||
|
the links. */
|
|||
|
if (prev_chain_pointer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
|
|||
|
chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
|||
|
obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
|||
|
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
|
|||
|
various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
|
|||
|
char *name,
|
|||
|
int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int comdat,
|
|||
|
int common,
|
|||
|
int dup_common,
|
|||
|
int sort,
|
|||
|
int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int access_ctr,
|
|||
|
int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|||
|
int quadrant,
|
|||
|
asection *section)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
|
|||
|
obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
|
|||
|
quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return chain_entry;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
|
|||
|
NULL if no such space exists. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
is_defined_space (const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
|
|||
|
return chain_pointer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
|
|||
|
from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
|
|||
|
so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
|
|||
|
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
space_chain;
|
|||
|
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
|||
|
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
|||
|
return space_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
|
|||
|
NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
|
|||
|
the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
|
|||
|
For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
|
|||
|
COMDAT data.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
|
|||
|
not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
|
|||
|
own subspace. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Walk through each space. */
|
|||
|
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
space_chain;
|
|||
|
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
|
|||
|
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
|||
|
subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
|
|||
|
return subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
|
|||
|
mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
|
|||
|
(to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
|
|||
|
to become more efficient. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static ssd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
|||
|
ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Walk through each space. */
|
|||
|
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
space_chain;
|
|||
|
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
|
|||
|
the correct mapping. */
|
|||
|
for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
|
|||
|
subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
|
|||
|
if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
|
|||
|
return subspace_chain;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
|
|||
|
that was found or NULL on failure. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static sd_chain_struct *
|
|||
|
pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
|
|||
|
space_chain;
|
|||
|
space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
|
|||
|
return space_chain;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
|
|||
|
address is unknown then return zero. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static unsigned int
|
|||
|
pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
|
|||
|
is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
|
|||
|
if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
|
|||
|
return 0x40000000;
|
|||
|
else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
|
|||
|
return 0x40000000;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
|
|||
|
a string. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static unsigned int
|
|||
|
pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (c)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case '\"':
|
|||
|
c = NOT_A_CHAR;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return c;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_stringer (int append_zero)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *s, num_buf[4];
|
|||
|
unsigned int c;
|
|||
|
int i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
|
|||
|
For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
|
|||
|
changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Skip the opening quote. */
|
|||
|
s = input_line_pointer + 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (c == '\\')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
c = *s;
|
|||
|
switch (c)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Handle \x<num>. */
|
|||
|
case 'x':
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int number;
|
|||
|
int num_digit;
|
|||
|
char dg;
|
|||
|
char *s_start = s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Get past the 'x'. */
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
|
|||
|
num_digit < 2
|
|||
|
&& (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
|||
|
|| (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
|
|||
|
num_digit++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (ISDIGIT (dg))
|
|||
|
number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
|
|||
|
else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
|
|||
|
number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
dg = *s;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (num_digit > 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (num_digit)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case 1:
|
|||
|
sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case 2:
|
|||
|
sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
|
|||
|
s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
/* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
s++;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
stringer (8 + append_zero);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
obj_version (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
obj_som_compiler (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
obj_copyright (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
|
|||
|
the latest space label. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_cons (int nbytes)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cons (nbytes);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_float_cons (int float_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
float_cons (float_type);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s_fill (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s_lcomm (needs_align);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
|
|||
|
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s_lsym (0);
|
|||
|
pa_undefine_label ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
|
|||
|
set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
md_begin (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int lose = 0;
|
|||
|
unsigned int i = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
last_call_info = NULL;
|
|||
|
call_info_root = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set the default machine type. */
|
|||
|
if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
|
|||
|
Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
|
|||
|
if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
|
|||
|
flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
pa_spaces_begin ();
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
op_hash = str_htab_create ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (i < NUMOPCODES)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (str_hash_insert (op_hash, name, &pa_opcodes[i], 0) != NULL)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
|
|||
|
!= pa_opcodes[i].match)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
|
|||
|
pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
|
|||
|
lose = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
++i;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (lose)
|
|||
|
as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
/* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
|
|||
|
anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
|
|||
|
subseg_set (text_section, 0);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
|
|||
|
S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
|
|||
|
/* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
|
|||
|
adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
|
|||
|
relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
|
|||
|
globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
|
|||
|
an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
|
|||
|
the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
|
|||
|
with the address of "foo").
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
|
|||
|
when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
|
|||
|
$LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
|
|||
|
any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
|
|||
|
selectors).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
|
|||
|
reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
reloc_type code;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
|
|||
|
types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
|
|||
|
even if they occur with a different selector. */
|
|||
|
code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput,
|
|||
|
(int) fixp->fx_r_type,
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (code)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
|||
|
case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
|
|||
|
the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
|
|||
|
for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
|
|||
|
supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_addsy
|
|||
|
&& fixp->fx_subsy
|
|||
|
&& (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
|
|||
|
adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
|
|||
|
the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
|
|||
|
but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
|
|||
|
"ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
|
|||
|
addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
|
|||
|
it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
|
|||
|
sum to the right value.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
eg. Suppose we have
|
|||
|
. ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
|
|||
|
. ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
|
|||
|
. ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
|
|||
|
reducing to the section symbol we get
|
|||
|
. LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
|
|||
|
. RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
|
|||
|
. RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
|
|||
|
and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
|
|||
|
multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
|
|||
|
will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
|
|||
|
addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
|
|||
|
linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
|
|||
|
above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
|
|||
|
relocations with plabels. */
|
|||
|
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
|
|||
|
|| hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
|
|||
|
if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
|
|||
|
even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
|
|||
|
within GAS. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
|
|||
|
|| (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
|
|||
|
&& (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
|||
|
|| fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
|
|||
|
linking works. */
|
|||
|
if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
|
|||
|
entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
|
|||
|
call stub. */
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_pcrel
|
|||
|
&& arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
|
|||
|
hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
|
|||
|
valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
|
|||
|
but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
|
|||
|
min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
if (last_call_info != NULL)
|
|||
|
min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
|
|||
|
&& min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
|
|||
|
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
|
|||
|
&& distance + 262144 >= 524288
|
|||
|
&& min_stub_distance <= 262144)
|
|||
|
|| (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
|
|||
|
&& distance + 8192 >= 16384
|
|||
|
&& min_stub_distance <= 8192)
|
|||
|
)
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
|
|||
|
field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
|
|||
|
call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
|
|||
|
difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
|
|||
|
call_info_pointer;
|
|||
|
call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
elf_symbol_type *esym
|
|||
|
= ((elf_symbol_type *)
|
|||
|
symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
|
|||
|
esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
|
|||
|
S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
|
|||
|
- S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct fix *new_fix;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (new_fix)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
|||
|
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
|||
|
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct fix *new_fix;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (new_fix)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
|
|||
|
hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
|
|||
|
new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
|
|||
|
new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
|
|||
|
are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
|
|||
|
dependent tables? */
|
|||
|
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
|
|||
|
not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
{"align", pa_align, 8},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
{"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
|
|||
|
{"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
|
|||
|
{"block", pa_block, 1},
|
|||
|
{"blockz", pa_block, 0},
|
|||
|
{"byte", pa_cons, 1},
|
|||
|
{"call", pa_call, 0},
|
|||
|
{"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
|
|||
|
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
|
|||
|
{"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
{"code", pa_text, 0},
|
|||
|
{"comm", pa_comm, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
{"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
|
|||
|
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
|||
|
{"data", pa_data, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
|
|||
|
{"dword", pa_cons, 8},
|
|||
|
{"end", pa_end, 0},
|
|||
|
{"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
|
|||
|
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
|||
|
{"end_try", pa_try, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"enter", pa_enter, 0},
|
|||
|
{"entry", pa_entry, 0},
|
|||
|
{"equ", pa_equ, 0},
|
|||
|
{"exit", pa_exit, 0},
|
|||
|
{"export", pa_export, 0},
|
|||
|
{"fill", pa_fill, 0},
|
|||
|
{"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
|||
|
{"half", pa_cons, 2},
|
|||
|
{"import", pa_import, 0},
|
|||
|
{"int", pa_cons, 4},
|
|||
|
{"label", pa_label, 0},
|
|||
|
{"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
|
|||
|
{"leave", pa_leave, 0},
|
|||
|
{"level", pa_level, 0},
|
|||
|
{"long", pa_cons, 4},
|
|||
|
{"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
{"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"octa", pa_cons, 16},
|
|||
|
{"org", pa_origin, 0},
|
|||
|
{"origin", pa_origin, 0},
|
|||
|
{"param", pa_param, 0},
|
|||
|
{"proc", pa_proc, 0},
|
|||
|
{"procend", pa_procend, 0},
|
|||
|
{"quad", pa_cons, 8},
|
|||
|
{"reg", pa_equ, 1},
|
|||
|
{"short", pa_cons, 2},
|
|||
|
{"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
{"space", pa_space, 0},
|
|||
|
{"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"string", pa_stringer, 0},
|
|||
|
{"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
|
|||
|
{"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
|
|||
|
{"text", pa_text, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"version", pa_version, 0},
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
{"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
|
|||
|
{"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
{"word", pa_cons, 4},
|
|||
|
{NULL, 0, 0}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
unsigned int regnum = -1;
|
|||
|
unsigned int i;
|
|||
|
const char *p;
|
|||
|
char *q;
|
|||
|
static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
{ "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
|
|||
|
return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (regname[0] == 'r')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p = regname + 1;
|
|||
|
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
|||
|
if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
p = regname + 2;
|
|||
|
regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
|
|||
|
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
|
|||
|
if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
regnum += 32 - 4;
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
if (p == q
|
|||
|
|| (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
|
|||
|
|| regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
|
|||
|
if (*q == 'R')
|
|||
|
regnum++;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return regnum;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|